Changes
Jump to navigation
Jump to search
Line 1:
Line 1:
− +
− error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
− error_ids = {};
− message_tail = {};
− maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
− properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
− }
− local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
− +
− local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist+
− +
+
− Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.+
− This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− function is_set( var )+
− return not (var == nil or var == '');+
− end+
+
+
+
+
Line 46:
Line 56:
− --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
− Whether needle is in haystack+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− return false; +
+
+
− for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
− if v == needle then
− return n;
− end
− end
− return false;
− --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
− Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.+
− ]]+
+
− local function substitute( msg, args )+
− return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
− end
− --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------+
− Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.+
− +
− ]]+
− +
− return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content ); +
− --[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
− Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is+
− the responsibility of the calling function.
− ]]+
− local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )+
− local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];+
− +
− prefix = prefix or "";+
− suffix = suffix or "";
−
− if error_state == nil then
− error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
− elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
− table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
− end
−
− local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
−
− message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
− "#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
− cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
−
− z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
− if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
− and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
− return '', false;
− end
−
− message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
−
− if raw == true then
− return message, error_state.hidden;
− end
−
− return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
− end
− --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------+
−
− Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
− To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
− local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats+
− +
− if not added_maint_cats [key] then
− added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
− table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
− end
− --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
− Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.+
− ]]+
− local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats+
− local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)+
− if not added_prop_cats [key] then +
− added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category+
− table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table+
− end
− end
− --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------+
+
− Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.+
− To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
− ]]+
+
+
− local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category+
− local function add_vanc_error ()+
− if not added_vanc_errs then +
− added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );+
− end +
− end+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------+
− does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it+
− is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:+
− Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a +
− letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus+
− ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− returns true if it does, else false
− ]]+
− local function is_scheme (scheme)+
− return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
− end
+
+
+
− --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------+
−
− Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
− Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5+
− BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234+
− Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;+
− see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] +
− list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db+
+
+
− rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
− the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
− Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported+
− domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld+
− is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
− here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
− There are several tests:+
− the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
− single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
− q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
− i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
− single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
− two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
− three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
− IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
− returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− if not domain then +
− return false; -- if not set, abandon
− end
− domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once +
− +
− +
− return false; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname +
− return true;+
− elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)+
− return true;+
− elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)+
− return true;
− elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
− return true;
− elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
− return true;
− elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
− return true;
− elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
− return true;
− else
− return false;
− end
− end
+
− --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
− +
− This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that+
− are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external+
− wikilinks.
− +
− +
− return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);+
− else+
−
+
+
+
− +
− Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.+
− If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
− When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one+
− or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.+
− +
− local scheme, authority, domain;+
−
− url_str = url_str:gsub ('(%a)/.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
− +
− domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') +
− elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name+
− scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions+
− authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; +
− if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
− domain = nil; -- set to nil which will cause an error message
− +
− return scheme, domain;+
+
+
− +
− checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls+
− Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:+
− # < > [ ] | { } _+
− except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links+
− returns false when the value contains any of these characters.+
− +
− When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the+
− |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
− +
− local scheme, domain;+
−
+
− +
− return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url +
− end+
− +
−
− --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
−
− Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
−
− First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
− portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
− portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
−
−
−
− local function check_url( url_str )
− if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
− return false;
− local scheme, domain; +
−
− scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
Line 358:
Line 331:
−
− value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
Line 398:
Line 369:
−
− --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
−
− Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
−
− Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
− they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
− poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
−
− ]]
−
− local function safe_for_italics( str )
− if not is_set(str) then
− return str;
− else
− if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
− if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
−
− -- Remove newlines as they break italics.
− return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
− end
− end
Line 438:
Line 387:
− --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
−
− Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
− argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
− this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
−
− ]]
−
− local function wrap_style (key, str)
− if not is_set( str ) then
− return "";
− elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
− str = safe_for_italics( str );
− end
−
− return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
− end
Line 462:
Line 394:
− +
+
+
+
+
Line 475:
Line 411:
− return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str }); +
− +
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------+
− +
− Formats a wiki style external link+
− +
− ]]
−
− local function external_link_id(options)
− local url_string = options.id;
− if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
− url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
− +
− options.link, options.label, options.separator or " ",+
− options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
− mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
− );
+
Line 501:
Line 433:
+
+
− local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
− +
− page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category +
− --[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
+
+
+
− cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes +
− if is_set (cap) then+
− str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});+
− end+
+
+
+
+
− cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") +
− if is_set (cap) then+
− str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); +
− end
− return str;
− end
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Line 574:
Line 537:
− +
− +
Line 592:
Line 555:
+
Line 632:
Line 596:
− +
− This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list+
− provided by the template.+
−
− Input:
− args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
− alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
− index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
− enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
− value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
− selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
− error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
−
− Returns:
− value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
− selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
− +
− +
− alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index +
+
+
− alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists+
− end+
− +
− if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
−
− local skip;
− for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
− if v == alias then
− skip = true;
− break; -- has been added so stop looking
− end
− end
− if not skip then -- has not been added so
− table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
− end
− else
− value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
− selected = alias;
− return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
− end
+
− +
+
+
− Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just+
− names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified+
− by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.+
− +
− Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Generates an error if more than one match is present.+
+
− ]]
− local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )+
− local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
− local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
− local error_list = {};
− if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end+
+
− for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list+
− if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
− if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
− value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
− end
− value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
− else
− value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
− end
− end
− if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()+
− local error_str = "";+
− for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
− if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
− error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
− end
− if #error_list > 1 then
− error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
− else
− error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
− end
− error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
− end
−
− return value, selected;
− end
+
− --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------+
− +
− Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-+
−
− +
− +
+
+
+
+
− if not is_set (chapter) then +
− chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation+
− else +
− if false == no_quotes then
− chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
− chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
− end
− chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped +
− +
− if is_set (transchapter) then+
− transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); +
− +
− chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; +
− else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter+
− chapter = transchapter; -- +
− chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); +
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− if is_set (chapterurl) then+
− chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate+
+
+
+
−
− return chapter .. chapter_error;
− --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
− This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the+
− first match.
− This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.+
− +
− Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
− and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
−
− Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
−
− Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
− that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
− parameter value.
− local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)+
− local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker+
− local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned+
− local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker+
− local i=1;+
− local stripmarker, apostrophe;+
− +
− while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do+
− local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name+
− local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it+
− position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern+
− +
− if position then+
− -- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
− if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
− stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
− elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
− position = nil; -- unset
− elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses ‍, hair space and zero-width space
− apostrophe = true;
− elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
− position = nil; -- unset
− else
− local err_msg;
− if capture then
− err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
− else
− err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
− end
−
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
− return; -- and done with this parameter
− end
− end
− i=i+1; -- bump our index
− end
− end
−
−
− --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
−
− Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
− multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
−
− ]]
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Line 874:
Line 752:
− --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
− Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
− Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:+
− true - active, supported parameters
− false - deprecated, supported parameters
− nil - unsupported parameters
−
− ]]
−
− local function validate( name )
− local name = tostring( name );
− local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
−
− -- Normal arguments
− if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
− if false == state then
− deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
− return true;
− end
−
− -- Arguments with numbers in them
− name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
− state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
− if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
− if false == state then
− deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
− return true;
− end
−
− return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
− end
− +
− -- Formats a wiki style internal link+
− local function internal_link_id(options)
− return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
− options.link, options.label, options.separator or " ",
− options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
− mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
− );
− end
−
−
− --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
−
−
−
Line 942:
Line 777:
− --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
− ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().+
− If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,+
− spaces and other non-isxn characters.+
+
− +
− local temp = 0; +
− isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58+
− len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter+
− for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
−
− temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
− else
− temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
+
− +
+
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.+
− If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
− and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
− +
− local temp=0; +
+
+
− isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 +
− for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do +
− temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit +
− return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct +
− end+
+
− +
− +
− Determines whether an ISBN string is valid+
− +
− ]]+
− +
− local function check_isbn( isbn_str )+
− if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X+
− isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces+
− local len = isbn_str:len();+
− +
− if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then+
− return false; +
+
− if len == 10 then +
− if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
− return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
− else
− local temp = 0;
− if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
− return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
− end
− --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
− Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the+
− same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
− section 2, pages 9–12.
− ]]+
−
− local function ismn (id)
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
− local text;
− local valid_ismn = true;
−
− id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
−
− if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
− valid_ismn = false;
− else
− valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
− end
−
− -- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
− -- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
−
− text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
−
− if false == valid_ismn then
− text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
− end
−
− return text;
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
−
− Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
− digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
−
− |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
−
− This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
− with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
− error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
− +
− +
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];+
− local text;+
− local valid_issn = true;+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn +
− +
− if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position +
− valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character+
− else +
− valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn+
− end +
− +
− if true == valid_issn then +
− id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version+
− else+
− id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message +
− end+
− +
− text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
−
− if false == valid_issn then
− text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
− end
−
− return text
− end
−
−
−
− Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
− characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
− isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
− Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
−
− ]]
−
− local function amazon(id, domain)
− local err_cat = ""
−
− if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
− else
− if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
− if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
− add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
− elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
− elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then+
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha+
− end+
− end+
− if not is_set(domain) then +
− domain = "com";+
− elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom+
− domain = "co." .. domain;+
− elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico+
− domain = "com." .. domain;+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];+
−
− label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
− id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
− --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
− See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier+
− format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:+
− the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
− arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
− where:
− <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
− <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
− <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
− first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
− <number> is a three-digit number
− <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
−
− the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
− arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
− where:
− <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
− <number> is a four-digit number
− <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
− the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
− arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
− where:
− <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
− <number> is a five-digit number
− +
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];+
− local year, month, version;+
− local err_cat = '';
− local text;
−
− if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
− year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
− year = tonumber(year);
− month = tonumber(month);
− if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
− ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
− end
− elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
− year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
− year = tonumber(year);
− month = tonumber(month);
− if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
− ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
− end
− elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
− year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
− year = tonumber(year);
− month = tonumber(month);
− if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
− end
− else
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
+
+
− text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
− if is_set (class) then+
− class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink+
− else +
− class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation+
− end+
− +
− return text .. class;+
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)+
− 1. Remove all blanks.+
− 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.+
− 3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
− a. Remove it.
− b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
− 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
− 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
− Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
− +
− lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace +
− +
− lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local prefix+
− local suffix
− prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
− if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen+
− suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6+
− lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn+
− end
−
− return lccn;
− end
− --[[+
− Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the+
− rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
− length = 8 then all digits+
− length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
− length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
− length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
− length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
− +
− +
− local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
− local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
− id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) +
− local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn+
+
− +
− +
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message +
− end+
− elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd+
− if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?+
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message+
− end+
− elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd+
− if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...+
− if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern +
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
− elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd +
− if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
− end
− elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
− if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
− end
− else
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
− end
− if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
− end
− return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, +
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;+
− end
− +
− Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
− contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
− ]]
− local function pmid(id)+
− local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach +
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];+
− local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid+
− +
− if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits+
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message+
− else -- PMID is only digits
− local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
− if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
− end+
− +
− return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
−
− Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is
− in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
− |embargo= was not set in this cite.
−
− ]]
−
− local function is_embargoed (embargo)
− if is_set (embargo) then
− local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
− local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
− good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
− good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
−
− if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
− if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
− return embargo; -- still embargoed
− else
− add_maint_cat ('embargo')
− return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
− end
+
− +
+
− --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
− Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.+
− The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not+
− be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
− PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
−
− PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
− has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
− returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
−
− PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
− than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
+
− +
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message +
− else -- PMC is only digits+
− local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing +
− if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries +
− err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message+
− end
− +
− text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link+
− else
− text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
− end
− return text;
−
−
−
−
− -- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
− -- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
− -- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
−
− -- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
− -- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
−
− -- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
− -- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
−
− local function doi(id, inactive)
− local cat = ""
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
− local text; +
− if is_set(inactive) then+
− local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date+
− text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;+
− if is_set(inactive_year) then+
− table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );+
− else+
− table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year +
− end+
− inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" +
− else +
− text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,+
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})+
− inactive = "" +
− end+
− +
− if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma+
− cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );+
− end+
− return text .. inactive .. cat +
− end+
− +
− +
− +
− +
− Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.+
− +
− ]]+
− local function openlibrary(id)+
− local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'+
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];+
− +
− if ( code == "A" ) then+
− return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,+
− prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',+
− id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
− elseif ( code == "M" ) then
− return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
− id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
− elseif ( code == "W" ) then
− return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
− id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
− else
− return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
− id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
− end
− +
− --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------+
− +
− Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in+
− '<' and/or '>' angle brackets.+
− +
− ]]+
−
− local function message_id (id)
− local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
−
− text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
− prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
−
− if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
−
−
− return text +
− end+
− +
− --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
−
− This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
− Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
−
− ]]
−
− local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
−
− if "none" == title_type then
− title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
− end
− return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
− +
− +
− --[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
− Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number+
− Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
− ]]+
− local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )+
− return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
− Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
− string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
− +
− argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% +
− argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters +
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
− Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.+
− This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
− markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
− ]]+
+
− local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)+
− if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end+
− while true do
− if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
− argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
− elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
− argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
− elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
− argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
− elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
− argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
− else
− break;
− end
− end
− return argument; -- done
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
−
− Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
−
− Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
− of %27%27...
− +
− if is_set (title) then
− title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
− else
− title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
− end
− if is_set (script) then
− script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
− script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
− else
− script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
− end
− if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
− script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
− end
− return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
− end
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done +
− +
− while true do+
− pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url " +
− +
− +
− pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets +
− pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
− pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (– etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like   and the like?
− return pages;
− -- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
− local function remove_wiki_link( str )
− return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
− return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
− end));
− end
− +
− local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
− if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
− return str;
− end
− return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
− end
− --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
− Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.+
− +
− This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as +
− long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings+
− in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.+
− ]]+
− +
− local str = ''; -- the output string+
− local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?+
− local end_chr = '';+
− local trim; +
− for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do +
− if value == nil then value = ''; end+
− +
− +
− str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) +
− elseif value ~= '' then +
− if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. +
− comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)+
− else+
− comp = value;+
− end+
− -- typically duplicate_char is sepc+
− if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?+
− -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th+
− -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?+
− trim = false;+
− end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
− -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
− if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
− str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
− elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
− if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
− str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
− elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
− trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
− elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
− trim = true; -- same question
− end
− elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
− if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
− trim = true;
− elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
− trim = true;
− elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
− trim = true;
− end
− elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
− if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
− str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
− end
− end
− if trim then+
− if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup+
− local dup2 = duplicate_char;+
− if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
−
− value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
− else
− value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
− end
− end
− end
− str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
− end
− end
− return str;
− end
− --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------+
− For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name+
− uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.+
− When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.+
− These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets+
− +
− [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF+
− [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F+
− [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F+
+
− |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)+
− |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here+
− because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− ]]
− local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)+
− if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
− add_vanc_error ();
− return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
− end;
− return true;
− end
− +
− Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. +
+
+
+
− Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.+
+
+
+
+
− Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not+
− currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.+
+
− This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().+
− +
− +
− local initials = {}+
− local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
− for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
− table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
− i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
− if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
− return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
− Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
− local text = {} +
+
+
+
+
− +
− sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma+
− namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space +
− else+
− sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon+
− namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>+
− end+
+
+
+
+
− if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end+
− if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors+
+
+
+
− for i,person in ipairs(people) do+
− +
− local mask = person.mask +
− local one+
− local sep_one = sep; +
− if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then+
− etal = true; +
− break;+
− elseif (mask ~= nil) then
− local n = tonumber(mask)
− if (n ~= nil) then
− one = string.rep("—",n)
− else
− one = mask;
− sep_one = " ";
− +
− one = person.last+
− local first = person.first+
− if is_set(first) then +
− if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format+
− one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)+
− if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested+
− first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
− end
− end
− one = one .. namesep .. first
− end
− if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
− one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
− end
− end
− table.insert( text, one )
− table.insert( text, sep_one )
− end
− +
− local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 +
− +
− if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then +
− text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text+
− end+
− text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator +
− +
− local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list+
− if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
− result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
− +
− +
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
− Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.+
− namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.+
+
+
+
− +
− local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year+
− for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names+
− names[i] = v.last +
− if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
− end
− table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
− local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
−
− return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
− else
− return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
+
− +
− Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,+
− the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.+
− +
− This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by+
− previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
− +
− +
− +
− local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme +
− local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.+
− +
− if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
− name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
− etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
− if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
− add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
− end
− elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
− name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
− etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
− if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
− add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
− end
− end
− +
− --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
− Gets name list from the input arguments
− Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.+
− Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
− find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
− This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=+
− are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.+
−
− When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
− that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
− template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
− +
− +
− local last; -- individual name components +
− local first;+
− local link; +
− local mask;+
− local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer +
− local n = 1; -- output table indexer+
− local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)+
− local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter+
+
+
+
− local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary+
− while true do+
− last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
− first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
− link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
− mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
− last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.+
− first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
− if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message+
− elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?+
− count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first+
− if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up+
− break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which+
− end+
− else -- we have last with or without a first +
− if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;+
− end+
− names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
− n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
− if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
− end
− count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
− end
− i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
− +
− --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
− Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for+
− any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
− the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
− +
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args +
− for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
− v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
− if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
− end
− return id_list;
− --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
− Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.+
− inputs:+
− id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()+
− options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers+
+
− +
− local new_list, handler = {};+
− +
− function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;+
− +
− for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
− -- fallback to read-only cfg
− handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
−
− if handler.mode == 'external' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
− elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
− elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
− error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
− elseif k == 'DOI' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
− elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
− elseif k == 'ASIN' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
− elseif k == 'LCCN' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
− elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
− elseif k == 'PMC' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
− elseif k == 'PMID' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
− elseif k == 'ISMN' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
− elseif k == 'ISSN' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
− elseif k == 'ISBN' then
− local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
− if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
− ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
− end
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
− elseif k == 'USENETID' then
− table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
− else
− error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
+
+
+
+
− +
− function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
− return a[1] < b[1];
− end
−
− table.sort( new_list, comp );
− for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
− new_list[k] = v[2];
− end
−
− return new_list;
−
− --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------
− Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.+
− 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content+
− +
− TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible+
− characters table?+
− ]]+
− local function coins_cleanup (value)+
− value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content+
− value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">'s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s+
− value = value:gsub ('‍\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
− value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
− value = value:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with plain space
− value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
− value = value:gsub ('‍', ''); -- remove ‍ entities
− value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
− value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
− return value;
− end
+
− --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------+
− +
− COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.+
+
+
− +
− +
− return ''; +
− end+
− +
− for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values+
− if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)+
− data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); +
+
+
+
+
+
−
− local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
− -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. +
− local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {+
− __newindex = function(self, key, value)
− if is_set(value) then
− rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
− end
− end
− });
−
− if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
− ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
− OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
− if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
− elseif 'conference' == class then
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
− elseif 'web' == class then
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
− else
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
− end
− OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
− if is_set (data.Map) then
− OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
− else
− OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
− end
− -- these used onlu for periodicals
− OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
− OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
− OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
− OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
− OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata
− elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
− OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
− if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
− elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
− elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
− if is_set (data.Chapter) then
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
− OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
− else
− if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
− else
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
− end
− end
− else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
− OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
− end
− OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
− OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
− OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
− OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
− OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
− OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
−
− else -- cite thesis
− OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
− OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
− OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
− OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
− end
− -- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
− OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
−
− for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
− if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
− local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
− if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
− OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
− elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
− OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
− elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
− OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
− end
− end
− +
− for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?+
− local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;+
− if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end+
− if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then+
− OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };+
− else+
− OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;+
− end+
− end
− local last, first;+
− for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do+
− last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers+
− if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only+
− if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name+
− OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation+
− OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation+
− elseif is_set(last) then
− OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
− end
− else -- for all other authors
− if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
− OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
− elseif is_set(last) then
− OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
− end
− end
−
− OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
− OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
− OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
−
− -- sort with version string always first, and combine.
− table.sort( OCinSoutput );
− table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
− return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
− +
− Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where+
− ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.+
+
− Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia+
− uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
− with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
− mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included+
− in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
− found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
− returns only the Wikimedia language name.
− Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.+
− +
− ]]+
−
−
− if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
− return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
− end
− +
− -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
− local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
− for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language +
− if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then+
− if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only +
− return name; -- so return the name but not the code +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
− +
− +
+
− --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
− Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided. If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.+
− There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and+
− Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears+
− that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
− Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and+
− return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no. We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.+
+
− See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test+
− When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if+
− the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
−
− This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
− +
− +
− +
− +
− +
+
+
− names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list +
+
− +
− +
− +
− lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? +
− end +
− if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)+
− name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code +
− end+
− +
− if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code+
− code = lang:lower(); -- save it +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) +
+
− +
− +
− +
− +
− add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) +
+
+
+
+
− add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added +
+
+
− +
− table.insert (language_list, name); +
− name = ''; -- so we can reuse it +
+
− +
− code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
− if 2 >= code then
− name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
− elseif 2 < code then
− language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
− name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
− end
− if 'English' == name then
− return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
− end
− return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
− --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
− Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings+
− ]]+
+
− local function set_cs1_style (ps)+
− if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something+
− ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period+
− end+
− return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop+
− end+
− --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------+
− Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings+
− +
− +
− ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil +
+
+
+
+
− +
− ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
− end
− +
− +
− +
− rendered style.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− local sep;+
− +
− sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); +
− else -- not a citation template so CS1+
− sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); +
+
+
−
− return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
− --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
− Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses+
− config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
− ]]+
+
+
+
− +
− local sep;+
− +
− sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); +
− elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style+
− sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); +
− +
− sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass +
+
− if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
− ps = ''; -- set to empty string
− end
−
− return sep, ps, ref
− --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
− Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when+
− applying the pdf icon to external links.
− +
+
− +
− +
− +
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
− Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does+
− not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
− is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
− the appropriate styling.
− ]]+
+
+
− local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)+
− if is_set (format) then
− format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
− if not is_set (url) then
− format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
− end
− elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
− format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
− else
− format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
− end
− return format;
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
−
− Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
−
− When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
− the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
− some variant of the text 'et al.').
−
− When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
− number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
− the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
−
− In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
− +
− +
− if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings+
− max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.+
− etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() +
− elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers+
− max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number +
− +
− add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name); +
+
+
+
+
− else -- not a valid keyword or number
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
− max = nil; -- unset
− elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category +
− max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
− Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. +
− abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.+
+
+
+
+
− check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:+
− good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit+
− bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
− ]]+
+
+
+
+
+
− local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)+
− -- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';+
− local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? +
−
− local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
− if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then+
− add_maint_cat ('extra_text');+
− end+
− -- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
− -- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
− -- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
− -- end
− end
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------+
− This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and+
− |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.+
+
+
+
+
+
− Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names+
− may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance+
− tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
− ]]+
− local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)+
− local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
− local v_name_table = {};
− local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
− local last, first, link, mask;
− local corporate = false;
− vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)+
− if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
− add_vanc_error ();
− end
− v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
− for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do+
− if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection+
− first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor+
− last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')+
− corporate = true;+
− elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then+
− lastfirstTable = {}+
− lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
− first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
− last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
− if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
− add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
− end
− else
− first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
− last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
− end
−
− if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
− add_vanc_error ();
− end
− -- this from extract_names ()
− link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
− mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
− names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
− end
− return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
− end
− +
+
− Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or+
− select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.+
+
+
+
− Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and+
− similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest+
+
+
+
− When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second+
− test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better+
− way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.+
− In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.+
+
+
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1 +
− select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
− lastfirst=true;
− end
− +
− +
− (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then+
− local err_name;+
− if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message+
− err_name = 'author';+
− else
− err_name = 'editor';
− end
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
− {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
− if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use +
− +
− if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;+
− return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last +
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------+
− +
− This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number+
− of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty+
− +
− true; else, emits an error message and returns false.+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− if not is_set (value) then+
− return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
− elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
− return true;
− else
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
− return false
− end
− end
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space+
− when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two+
− closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a+
− single space character.+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)+
− +
− return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another +
− else+
− return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list +
+
+
+
+
+
− end
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume+
− or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.+
+
+
+
+
− ]]+
− +
− local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)+
− if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
− return '';
− end
−
− if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
− if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
− return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
− elseif is_set (volume) then
− return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
− else
− return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
− end+
− +
− local vol = '';+
−
− if is_set (volume) then
−
− vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
− else
− vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
− end
− if is_set (issue) then
− return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
− end
− return vol;
− end
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------+
+
+
− adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.+
− The return order is:+
− page, pages, sheet, sheets +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.+
+
− +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators+
− +
− if 'journal' == origin then
− return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
− else
− return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
− end
− elseif is_set (sheets) then
− if 'journal' == origin then
− return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
− else
− return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
− end
− end
− +
+
+
+
− if is_set (page) then +
− if is_journal then+
− return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';+
− elseif not nopp then+
− return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';+
− else +
− return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− elseif is_set(pages) then+
− if is_journal then +
− return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';+
− elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number+
− return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';+
− elseif not nopp then
− return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
− else
− return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
−
− return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
− end
− +
+
− This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.+
+
+
+
+
+
− ]]+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local function citation0( config, args)+
− +
− Load Input Parameters +
− The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. +
− ]] +
− local A = argument_wrapper( args ); +
− local i +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates+
− -- define different field names for the same underlying things.
− local author_etal;
− local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
− local Authors;
− local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
− do -- to limit scope of selected +
− local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); +
− if 1 == selected then+
− a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=+
− elseif 2 == selected then+
− NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be+
− a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=+
− elseif 3 == selected then+
− Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=+
− end
− end
− local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];+
− local Others = A['Others'];+
− +
− local editor_etal;+
− local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=+
− local Editors;+
− +
− do -- to limit scope of selected+
− local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');+
− if 1 == selected then+
− e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=+
− elseif 2 == selected then+
− NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be +
− e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=+
− elseif 3 == selected then+
− Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=+
− local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs +
− local Translators; -- assembled translators name list+
− t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=+
− +
− local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs+
− local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list+
− local Contribution = A['Contribution'];+
− +
− c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=+
−
− if 0 < #c then
−
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
− c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
− end
− if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
−
− c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
− end
− end
− else -- if not a book cite
− if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
− end
− Contribution = nil; -- unset
− +
− NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string +
+
+
+
− local Year = A['Year']; +
− local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; +
− local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];+
− local Date = A['Date'];+
− local LayDate = A['LayDate'];+
− ------------------------------------------------- Get title data+
− local Title = A['Title'];+
− local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];+
− local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];+
− local Conference = A['Conference'];+
− local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];+
− local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];+
− local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];+
− if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then +
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=; +
+
+
+
+
− local Chapter = A['Chapter']; +
− +
− +
− +
− local TitleType = A['TitleType'];+
− +
− local Docket = A['Docket'];+
− local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; +
− local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];+
− local URL = A['URL']+
− local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL+
− local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];+
− local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL+
− local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];+
− local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];+
− local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL+
− local Periodical = A['Periodical']; +
− local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− local Volume;+
− local Issue;+
− local Page;
− local Pages;
− local At;
− if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then+
− Volume = A['Volume'];
− end
− if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
− Issue = A['Issue'];
− end
− local Position = '';
− if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
− Page = A['Page'];
− Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
− At = A['At'];
− end
− local Edition = A['Edition'];+
− local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']+
− local Place = A['Place'];+
− +
− local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];+
− local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];+
− +
− RegistrationRequired=nil;+
− +
− local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];+
−
− SubscriptionRequired=nil;
− local Via = A['Via'];+
− local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];+
− local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];+
− local Agency = A['Agency'];
− local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
− if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
− DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
− end
− local Language = A['Language'];+
− local Format = A['Format'];+
− local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];+
− local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];+
− local ID = A['ID'];+
− local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];+
− local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];+
− if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then+
− IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string +
− end+
− local Embargo = A['Embargo'];+
− local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier+
− +
− local ID_list = extract_ids( args );+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local Quote = A['Quote'];+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];+
− local LayURL = A['LayURL'];+
− local LaySource = A['LaySource'];+
− local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
− local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
− local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
− local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
− local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];+
− if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then+
− LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string+
− local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; +
− +
− no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− local Callsign = A['Callsign'];+
− local City = A['City']; +
− local Program = A['Program']; +
− +
− local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text+
− local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
− local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
− local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
− +
− local Mode = A['Mode'];+
− if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then+
− Mode = ''; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
− local PostScript;
− local Ref;
− sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
− use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
− +
− if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page +
− if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then+
− no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns +
− +
− no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats+
− break; -- bail out if one is found +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local NoPP = A['NoPP'] +
− if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then+
− NoPP = true;+
− else+
− NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later+
− end+
− +
− if is_set(Page) then+
− if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then+
− Pages = ''; -- unset the others+
− At = '';
− extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.+
− elseif is_set(Pages) then
− if is_set(At) then
− At = ''; -- unset
− end
− extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
− end
− +
− +
− PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place+
− end
−
− if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
−
− --[[
− Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
− When the citation has these parameters:
− |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
− |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
− |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
− |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped +
− |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified+
+
− ]]+
− +
− local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];+
− +
− +
− if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set+
− if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then+
− if not is_set(Chapter) then+
− Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title+
− ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
− TransChapter = TransTitle;
− ChapterURL = URL;
− if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
− Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
− end
− Title = Periodical;
− ChapterFormat = Format;
− Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
− TransTitle = '';
− URL = '';
− Format = '';
− TitleLink = '';
− ScriptTitle = '';
− end
−
− Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
− Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
− end +
+
+
+
+
− -- Special case for cite techreport.+
− if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport +
− if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' +
− if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?+
− ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it+
− else -- ID has a value so emit error message+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
− end
− end
− end
− +
− if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then +
− if is_set(Program) then+
− ID = ' ' .. Program;+
− end+
− if is_set(Callsign) then+
− if is_set(ID) then+
− ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;+
− else+
− ID = ' ' .. Callsign;+
− end+
− end
− if is_set(City) then
− if is_set(ID) then
− ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
− else
− ID = ' ' .. City;
− end
+
+
+
+
+
− if is_set(Others) then +
− if is_set(TitleType) then+
− Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;+
− TitleType = '';+
− else +
− Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;+
− end+
− else +
− Others = '(Interview)'; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− -- special case for cite mailing list
− if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
− Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
− elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
− Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
− end
− -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
− if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
− if is_set(BookTitle) then
− Chapter = Title;
− -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
− ChapterURL = URL;
− ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
− URLorigin = '';
− ChapterFormat = Format;
− TransChapter = TransTitle;
− Title = BookTitle;
− Format = '';
− -- TitleLink = '';
− TransTitle = '';
− URL = '';
− end
− elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
− Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
− end
− +
− +
− +
− local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';+
− local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';+
− if config.CitationClass == "map" then+
− Chapter = A['Map'];+
− ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];+
− TransChapter = A['TransMap'];+
− ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); +
− ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];+
− +
− Cartography = A['Cartography'];+
− if is_set( Cartography ) then+
− Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);+
− end +
− Scale = A['Scale'];+
− if is_set( Scale ) then
− Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
− end
− end
− -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.+
− if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then+
− local AirDate = A['AirDate'];+
− local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; +
− if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))}); +
+
+
+
− local Network = A['Network'];+
− local Station = A['Station'];+
− local s, n = {}, {}; +
− -- do common parameters first+
− if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end+
− if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end +
− ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');+
− +
− if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date +
− Date = AirDate; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}+
− local Season = A['Season'];
− local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
− +
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message +
− SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= +
+
+
+
+
− -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series+
− if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
− if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
− if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
− Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
− Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter+
− ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;+
− ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink+
− TransChapter = TransTitle;
− ChapterURL = URL;
− ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
−
− Title = Series; -- promote series to title
− TitleLink = SeriesLink;
− Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
− if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
− Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
− elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
− Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
− end
− URL = ''; -- unset
− TransTitle = '';
− ScriptTitle = '';
−
− else -- now oddities that are cite serial
− Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
− Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
− if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
− Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
− end
− Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
− end
− -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
− +
− if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then+
− if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message+
− elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version+
− ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier+
− Series = ''; -- unset+
− deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
− end
−
− if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
− ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
− ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
− ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
− AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv+
− PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)+
− Chapter = '';+
− URL = '';+
− Format = '';
− Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
− end
− Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
− -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values+
− if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then+
− TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); +
− +
− TitleType = Degree .. " thesis"; +
+
+
+
+
− +
− TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− if not is_set (Date) then+
− Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date+
− Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF +
− +
− Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date +
− PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
+
+
+
− --[[+
− Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where+
− we get the date used in the metadata.+
− +
− Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation+
− ]]+
− do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch+
− local error_message = ''; +
− -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it+
− anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, +
− ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date); +
− +
− if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; +
− local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
− if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
− if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
− error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
− end
− error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch';
− elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
− add_maint_cat ('date_year');
− end
− end
−
− if is_set(error_message) then
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
−
−
−
− -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
− -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
− Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
−
−
− if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
− URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
− URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
− end
− -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.+
− -- Test if citation has no title+
− if not is_set(Title) and+
− not is_set(TransTitle) and+
− not is_set(ScriptTitle) then +
− +
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );+
− else+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );+
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− +
− add_maint_cat ('untitled'); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL +
− ['title']=Title, +
− [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,+
− [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
− [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
− });
− -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.+
− -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that+
− -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title+
− -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
−
− local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
− local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
−
−
− coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
− coins_title = Periodical;
+
+
+
− local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
− if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
− coins_author = c; -- use that instead
− end
− -- this is the function call to COinS() +
− local OCinSoutput = COinS({+
− ['Periodical'] = Periodical,+
− +
− ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup +
− ['Map'] = Map,+
− ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only+
− ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup+
− ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,+
− ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;+
− ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,+
− ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?+
− ['Series'] = Series,+
− ['Volume'] = Volume,+
− +
− ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links+
− ['Edition'] = Edition,+
− ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,+
− ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),+
− ['Authors'] = coins_author, +
− ['ID_list'] = ID_list, +
− ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, +
− }, config.CitationClass); +
+
+
− -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.+
− if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed +
− Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal +
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text+
− if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then+
− +
− PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') )); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− -- Now perform various field substitutions. +
− -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
− -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
− local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
− do
− local last_first_list;
− local maximum;
− local control = {
− format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
− maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
− lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
− page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
− };
−
− do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
− maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
− -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
− if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
− maximum = 3;
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
− end
−
− control.maximum = maximum;
−
− last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
− if is_set (Editors) then+
− if editor_etal then+
− Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal+
− EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation+
− else
− EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
− end
− else
− Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
− end
− if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then +
− EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation+
− end+
− end+
− do -- now do translators+
− control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators+
− Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported+
− end+
− do -- now do contributors +
− control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors+
− Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported+
− end+
− do -- now do authors
− control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
− if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.+
− control.lastauthoramp = nil;+
− control.maximum = #a + 1;
− end
−
− last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');
− if is_set (Authors) then+
− Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.+
− if author_etal then+
− Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
− end
− else
− Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
− end
− end -- end of do
− +
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message+
− end+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,+
− -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
− ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
− ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
− Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
− LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
− TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
− -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported+
− +
− ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
− ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
− +
− +
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); +
− +
− +
− if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); +
− AccessDate = '';+
+
+
+
− end+
− +
− local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?+
− DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text+
− if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then+
− if is_set (URL) then+
− OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL +
− OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
− OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
−
− URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
− URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
− Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
− end
− elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
− OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
− OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
− OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
− if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
− ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
− ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
− ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then+
− local chap_param;+
− if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters+
− chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')+
− elseif is_set (TransChapter) then +
− chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')+
− elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then+
− chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
− elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
− chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
− else is_set (ChapterFormat)
− chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
− end
− if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message+
− Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation+
− TransChapter = '';
− ChapterURL = '';
− ScriptChapter = '';
− ChapterFormat = '';
− end
− else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
− local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
− if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
− if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
− no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
− end
− end
−
− Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
− if is_set (Chapter) then
− if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
− Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
− end
− Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
− elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
− Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
− end
− +
− -- Format main title.+
− +
− Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"+
+
+
+
+
+
+
−
− if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
− ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
− ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
− Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
− Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
− Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped+
− TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );+
− elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report+
− Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped +
− TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title+
− else+
− Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);+
− Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
− TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
− TransError = ""; +
− if is_set(TransTitle) then+
− if is_set(Title) then+
− TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;+
− else+
− TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Title = Title .. TransTitle; +
− +
− if is_set(Title) then +
− +
− Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; +
− URL = ""; +
− Format = "";+
− Title = Title .. TransError; +
− end
− +
− Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";+
− end+
− +
− if is_set (Conference) then+
− if is_set (ConferenceURL) then+
− Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin ); +
− Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; +
− elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then +
− Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin ); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− local Minutes = A['Minutes'];+
− local Time = A['Time'];+
− +
− +
− if is_set (Time) then+
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );+
+
− Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; +
− else +
− if is_set(Time) then+
− local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']+
− if not is_set(TimeCaption) then+
− TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];+
− if sepc ~= '.' then+
− TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();+
− end +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;+
− end+
− else+
− Position = " " .. Position; +
− At = '';+
− end+
− +
− Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);+
− +
− At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";+
− Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";+
− if config.CitationClass == 'map' then+
− local Section = A['Section'];+
− local Sections = A['Sections'];+
− local Inset = A['Inset'];+
−
− if is_set( Inset ) then
− Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
− end
−
− if is_set( Sections ) then
− Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
− elseif is_set( Section ) then
− Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
− At = At .. Inset .. Section; +
− end +
− +
− if is_set (Language) then+
− Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; +
+
− +
− Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others; +
+
+
+
− +
− TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; +
− if is_set (Edition) then+
− if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then+
− add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); +
− else+
− Edition = ''; +
+
+
+
+
+
+
− Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; +
− OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";+
− Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; +
+
+
− Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); +
− +
− +
− Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− --[[+
− Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link+
− note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
− ]]
− if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
− SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
− elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
− SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
− else
− SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
− end
− if is_set(AccessDate) then+
− local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
− AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format+
− if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case+
− AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text+
− -- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called +
− AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates+
− end +
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then+
− ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;+
− end+
− if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set+
− ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set +
− end+
+
+
− ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin ); +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− +
− if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks+
− Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off+
− end+
− Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
− PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
− local Archived +
− if is_set(ArchiveURL) then+
− if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then+
− ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');+
− end+
− if "no" == DeadURL then+
− local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];+
− if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end+
− Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],+
− { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );+
− if not is_set(OriginalURL) then+
− Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); +
− end+
− elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'+
− local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];+
− if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end+
− if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then+
− Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled+
− else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'+
− Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,+
− { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled+
− end +
− else+
− local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];+
− if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end+
− Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, +
− { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );+
− end+
− elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then+
− Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message+
− else +
− Archived = ""+
− end +
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local Lay = ''; +
− if is_set(LayURL) then+
− if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end +
− if is_set(LaySource) then +
− LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";+
− else +
− LaySource = "";+
− end +
− if sepc == '.' then +
− Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate+
− else +
− Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate+
− end +
− elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=+
− Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message +
+
+
+
− if is_set(Transcript) then +
− if is_set(TranscriptURL) then+
− Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );+
− end+
− Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;+
− elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then +
− Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );+
− end +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
− local Publisher; +
− if is_set(Periodical) and+
− not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then+
− if is_set(PublisherName) then+
− if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
− Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
− else
− Publisher = PublisherName;
− end
− elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
− Publisher= PublicationPlace;
− else
− Publisher = "";
− end
− if is_set(PublicationDate) then
− if is_set(Publisher) then
− Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
− else
− Publisher = PublicationDate;
− end
− end
− if is_set(Publisher) then
− Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
− end
− else
− if is_set(PublicationDate) then
− PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
− end
− if is_set(PublisherName) then
− if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
− Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
− else
− Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
− end
− elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
− Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
− else
− Publisher = PublicationDate;
− end
− end
− +
− if is_set(Periodical) then +
− if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then +
− Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) +
− else +
− Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)+
− end+
− end
− +
− Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that+
− the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).+
− +
− if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only+
− TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
− if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
− if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
− Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
− end
− end
−
− -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.+
− -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA+
− -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.+
− +
− local tcommon;+
−
−
− if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
− if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
− tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
− Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
−
− elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
− if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
− tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
− else
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
− end
−
− elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
− if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
− elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
− else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
− end
−
− elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
− else -- all other CS1 templates
− tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
− Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
− end
−
− if #ID_list > 0 then
− ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
− else
− ID_list = ID;
− end
−
− local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
− local text;
− local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
−
− if is_set(Date) then
− if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
− Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
− else -- neither of authors and editors set
− if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
− Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
− else
− Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
− end
− end
− end
− if is_set(Authors) then
− if is_set(Coauthors) then
− if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
− Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
− else
− Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
− end
− end
− if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
− Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
− end
− if is_set(Editors) then
− local in_text = " ";
− local post_text = "";
− if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
− in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
− if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
− else
− if EditorCount <= 1 then
− post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
− else
− post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
− end
− end
− Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
− end
− if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
− local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
− if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
− Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
− if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
− Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
− end
− if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
− Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
− end
− text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
− else
− text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
− end
− elseif is_set(Editors) then
− if is_set(Date) then
− if EditorCount <= 1 then
− Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
− else
− Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
− end
− else
− if EditorCount <= 1 then
− Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
− else
− Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
− end
− end
− text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
− else
− if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
− text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
− else
− text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
− end
− end
−
− if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
− text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
− text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
− end
−
− text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
−
− -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
− local options = {};
−
− if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
− options.class = config.CitationClass;
− options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
− else
− options.class = "citation";
− end
−
− if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
− local id = Ref
− if ('harv' == Ref ) then
− local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
− -- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
− local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
−
− if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
− namelist = c; -- select it
− elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
− namelist = a;
− elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
− namelist = e;
− end
− id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
− end
− options.id = id;
− end
−
− if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
− z.error_categories = {};
− text = set_error('empty_citation');
− z.message_tail = {};
− end
−
− if is_set(options.id) then
− text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
− else
− text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
− end
−
− local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;"> </span>';
−
− -- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
− local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
− text = text .. OCinS;
−
− if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
− text = text .. " ";
− for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
− if is_set(v[1]) then
− if i == #z.message_tail then
− text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
− else
− text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
− end
− end+
− end
−
− if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
− text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
− for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
− text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
− end
− text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
− end
−
− no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
− if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
− for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
− text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
− end
− for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
− text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
− end
− for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
− text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
− end
− end
−
− return text
− end
−
− --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
−
− This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match.
−
− Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
− replacement character. That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
− of the rendered citation. This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
−
− Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
− belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
−
− ]]
− --[[
− local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
− local position = '';
− local i=1;
−
− while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
− local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
− local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
− v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
− position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
− if position then
− table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
− return; -- and done with this parameter
− end
− i=i+1; -- bump our index
− end
− end
− ]]
−
− --[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
−
− This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
−
− ]]
−
− function z.citation(frame)
− local pframe = frame:getParent()
− local validation;
−
− if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
− cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
− whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
− validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
−
− else -- otherwise
− cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
− whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
− validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
− end
−
− dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
− year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
−
− local args = {};
− local suggestions = {};
− local error_text, error_state;
−
− local config = {};
− for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
− config[k] = v;
− args[k] = v;
− end
−
− local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
− for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
− if v ~= '' then
− if not validate( k ) then
Line 4,065:
Line 3,570:
− +
− +
Line 4,078:
Line 3,583:
− +
− +
+
+
+
+
Line 4,087:
Line 3,596:
+
Line 4,094:
Line 3,604:
+
+
− +
− +
Line 4,105:
Line 3,617:
− +
− +
Module:Citation/CS1 (view source)
Revision as of 06:26, 29 September 2018
, 06:26, 29 September 2018synch from sandbox;
local z = {
local cs1 ={};
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here
]]
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
]]
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if needle == nil then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
returns true if it does, else false
]]
]]
local function is_scheme (scheme)
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
]=]
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
]]
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Strip off any port and path;
]=]
]]
local function is_domain_name (domain)
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
return scheme, domain;
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
]]
]]
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function link_param_ok (value)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
]]
]]
local function split_url (url_str)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
end
end
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
]]
]]
local function link_param_ok (value)
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
]]
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
end
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
]]
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
if not is_set( label ) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
]=]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
local cap='';
local cap2='';
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
return script_value;
return script_value;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
]]
]]
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
end
end
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
-- end
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
first match.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
]]
]]
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local chapter_error = '';
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if is_set (chapter) then
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
]]
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified. These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
any other forms are returned unmodified.
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
]]
]]
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set (str) then
return str;
end
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
end
end
local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
end
end
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
end
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
]]
]]
local function issn(id)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match=string.match
f.sub=string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
return str;
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
]]
]]
local function arxiv (id, class)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
end
return false;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
--[[
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
]]
]]
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
if is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
]]
local function lccn(lccn)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
if 8 == len then
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
--[[
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
]]
]]
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local sep;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local namesep;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local text;
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
end
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local one
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("—",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
if is_set(title_type) then
end
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return result, count
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
]]
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
return argument;
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
]]
]]
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
]]
]]
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local pattern;
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}
if is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.
]]
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
if is_set (name) then
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.
]]
]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
--[[
if is_set (last) then
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
if is_set (first) then
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
return last, first; -- done
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.
]]
]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here? not used in this function
local function language_parameter (lang)
local sep;
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local namesep;
local name; -- the language name
local format = control.format
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local maximum = control.maximum
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
if not is_set (name) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
end
end
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if is_set(person.last) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if count > 0 then
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
return result, count
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'
]]
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','
]]
]]
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
end
return name, etal; --
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
]]
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
]]
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return sep, ps, ref
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
]]
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
]=]
local function extract_ids( args )
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
]]
]]
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
]]
]]
local function COinS(data, class)
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
end
return max, etal;
end
--[[
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
]]
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]=]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
end
end
i = i+1;
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
return output_table;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
]]
]]
local function language_parameter (lang)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local name; -- the language name
local v_name_table = {};
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
if is_set (code) then
if is_set (first) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
end
else
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
]]
]]
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
]]
]]
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not is_set (value) then
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
]]
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]=]
]]
local function is_pdf (url)
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
]]
]]
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if is_set (max) then
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
return max, etal;
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
]=]
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = 'save command';
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = 'liveweb';
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
]]
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local lastfirst = false;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local interviewers_list = {};
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
end
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
]]
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
]]
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
end
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
end
end
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
]]
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if is_set (sheet) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
--[[
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
end
end
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
end
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
-- cite map oddities
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local Cartography = "";
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Scale = "";
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
local Series = A['Series'];
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
end
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
end
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
do
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
end
--these are used by cite interview
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
end
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
else -- |title not set
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
-- special case for cite interview
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
end
end
end
end
-- cite map oddities
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local Cartography = "";
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local Scale = "";
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end
if not is_set(URL) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
-- Format main title.
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
else
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
end
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end
end -- end of do
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
end
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
if is_set(Title) then
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
['Issue'] = Issue,
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if is_set (PublisherName) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if is_set(URL) then
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
end
end
if not is_set(URL) then --and
if is_set(Quote) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
local Publisher;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
end
end
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(Place) then
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if not is_set(Position) then
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if is_set(Minutes) then
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set (Translators) then
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
if is_set(Via) then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, v);
table.insert (render, ' (');
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
table.insert (render, ') ');
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
end
return table.concat (render);
end
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
local function validate (name, cite_class)
local name = tostring (name);
local state;
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if is_set(URL) then
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
if is_set(Quote) then
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
]]
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
function cs1.citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
end
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
--[[
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
]]
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end
end
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
end
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
end
end
end
end
end
else
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this? we don't support 'empty' parameters
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end
end
return z
return cs1;